Document:

Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2009

 Exhibit 4.5 
  
  
 HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC 
 HNS FINANCE CORP. 
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS
PARTY HERETO 
 9 1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014 
  
  
 INDENTURE 
 Dated as of May 27, 2009 
  
  
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION 
 Trustee 
  
  
  
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture
 Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	310(a)(1)	  	7.10
	      (a)(2)	  	7.10
	      (a)(3)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(4)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(5)	  	7.10
	      (b)	  	7.10
	      (c)	  	N.A.
	311(a)	  	7.11
	      (b)	  	7.11
	      (c)	  	N.A.
	312(a)	  	2.05
	      (b)	  	12.03
	      (c)	  	12.03
	313(a)	  	7.06
	      (b)(2)	  	7.06; 7.07
	      (c)	  	7.06; 12.02
	      (d)	  	7.06
	314(a)	  	4.03;12.02; 12.05
	      (c)(1)	  	12.04
	      (c)(2)	  	12.04
	      (c)(3)	  	N.A.
	      (e)	  	12.05
	      (f)	  	N.A.
	315(a)	  	7.01
	      (b)	  	7.05; 12.02
	      (c)	  	7.01
	      (d)	  	7.01
	      (e)	  	6.11
	316(a)(last sentence)	  	2.09
	      (a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
	      (a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
	      (a)(2)	  	N.A.
	      (b)	  	6.07
	      (c)	  	2.12
	317(a)(1)	  	6.08
	      (a)(2)	  	6.09
	      (b)	  	2.04
	318(a)	  	12.01
	      (b)	  	N.A.
	      (c)	  	12.01

  
 N.A. means not applicable. 
  

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

  

 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	 Page

	 ARTICLE 1
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE

			
	Section 1.01	  	Definitions	  	1
	Section 1.02	  	Other Definitions	  	32
	Section 1.03	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	33
	Section 1.04	  	Rules of Construction	  	33
	
	ARTICLE 2
	THE NOTES
			
	Section 2.01	  	Form and Dating	  	34
	Section 2.02	  	Execution and Authentication	  	35
	Section 2.03	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	36
	Section 2.04	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	36
	Section 2.05	  	Holder Lists	  	36
	Section 2.06	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	36
	Section 2.07	  	Replacement Notes	  	49
	Section 2.08	  	Outstanding Notes	  	49
	Section 2.09	  	Treasury Notes	  	49
	Section 2.10	  	Temporary Notes	  	50
	Section 2.11	  	Cancellation	  	50
	Section 2.12	  	Defaulted Interest	  	50
	
	ARTICLE 3
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
			
	Section 3.01	  	Notices to Trustee	  	50
	Section 3.02	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	51
	Section 3.03	  	Notice of Redemption	  	51
	Section 3.04	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	52
	Section 3.05	  	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	52
	Section 3.06	  	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	52
	Section 3.07	  	Optional Redemption	  	52
	Section 3.08	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	53
	Section 3.09	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	53
	
	ARTICLE 4
	COVENANTS
			
	Section 4.01	  	Payment of Notes	  	55
	Section 4.02	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	55
	Section 4.03	  	Reports and Other Information	  	56
	Section 4.04	  	Compliance Certificate	  	57
	Section 4.05	  	Taxes	  	57
	Section 4.06	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	57
	Section 4.07	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	57

  

 i 

					
	 	  	 	  	 Page

	Section 4.08	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	62
	Section 4.09	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	64
	Section 4.10	  	Asset Sales	  	68
	Section 4.11	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	70
	Section 4.12	  	Liens	  	72
	Section 4.13	  	Limitations on Lines of Business	  	73
	Section 4.14	  	Corporate Existence	  	73
	Section 4.15	  	Change of Control	  	73
	Section 4.16	  	Payments for Consent	  	75
	Section 4.17	  	Future Guarantors	  	75
	Section 4.18	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	75
	Section 4.19	  	Maintenance of Insurance	  	76
	Section 4.20	  	Restrictions on Activities of HNS Finance Corp.	  	77
	
	ARTICLE 5
	SUCCESSORS
			
	Section 5.01	  	Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation, or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets	  	77
	Section 5.02	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	78
	
	ARTICLE 6
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
			
	Section 6.01	  	Events of Default	  	79
	Section 6.02	  	Acceleration	  	80
	Section 6.03	  	Other Remedies	  	80
	Section 6.04	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	80
	Section 6.05	  	Control by Majority	  	81
	Section 6.06	  	Limitation on Suits	  	81
	Section 6.07	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	81
	Section 6.08	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	81
	Section 6.09	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	82
	Section 6.10	  	Priorities	  	82
	Section 6.11	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	82
	
	ARTICLE 7
	TRUSTEE
			
	Section 7.01	  	Duties of Trustee	  	83
	Section 7.02	  	Rights of Trustee	  	84
	Section 7.03	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	84
	Section 7.04	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	84
	Section 7.05	  	Notice of Defaults	  	85
	Section 7.06	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	85
	Section 7.07	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	85
	Section 7.08	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	86
	Section 7.09	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	87
	Section 7.10	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	87
	Section 7.11	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers	  	87

  

 ii 

					
	 	  	 	  	 Page

	 ARTICLE 8
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

			
	Section 8.01	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	87
	Section 8.02	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	87
	Section 8.03	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	88
	Section 8.04	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	88
	Section 8.05	  	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	90
	Section 8.06	  	Repayment to Issuers	  	90
	Section 8.07	  	Reinstatement	  	90
	
	ARTICLE 9
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
			
	Section 9.01	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	91
	Section 9.02	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	92
	Section 9.03	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	93
	Section 9.04	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	93
	Section 9.05	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	93
	Section 9.06	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	93
	
	ARTICLE 10
	GUARANTEES
			
	Section 10.01	  	Guarantee	  	94
	Section 10.02	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	95
	Section 10.03	  	Execution and Delivery of Guarantee	  	95
	Section 10.04	  	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	95
	Section 10.05	  	Releases	  	96
	
	 ARTICLE 11
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

			
	Section 11.01	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	97
	Section 11.02	  	Application of Trust Money	  	98
	
	ARTICLE 12
	MISCELLANEOUS
			
	Section 12.01	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	99
	Section 12.02	  	Notices	  	99
	Section 12.03	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	100
	Section 12.04	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	100
	Section 12.05	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	100
	Section 12.06	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	101
	Section 12.07	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	101
	Section 12.08	  	Governing Law	  	101
	Section 12.09	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	101
	Section 12.10	  	Successors	  	101
	Section 12.11	  	Severability	  	101
	Section 12.12	  	Counterpart Originals	  	101
	Section 12.13	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	101

 EXHIBITS 

			
		
	Exhibit A1	  	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit A2	  	FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
	Exhibit F	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  

 iii 

 INDENTURE dated as of May 27, 2009 between Hughes Network Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (the “Company”), HNS Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“HNS Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee. 
 The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as
follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 9 1/2% Senior
Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 
 “144A
Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee
that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “2006
Indenture” means the indenture among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee dated April 13, 2006, as amended as of the Issue Date and from time to time, pursuant to which the 2006 Notes were issued. 
 “2006 Notes” means the 9 1/
2% Senior Notes due 2014 issued by the Issuers on April 13, 2006. 
 “2006 Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated April 6, 2006, prepared by the Issuers in connection with the resale of the 2006 Notes. 
 “Acceptable Exclusions” means: 
 (1) war, invasion or hostile or warlike action in time of peace or war, including action in hindering, combating or defending against an actual, impending or expected attack by: 
 (A) any government or sovereign power (de jure or de facto), 
 (B) any authority maintaining or using a military, naval or air force, 
 (C) a military, naval or air force, or 
 (D) any agent of any such government, power, authority or force; 
 (2) any anti-satellite
device, or device employing atomic or nuclear fission or fusion, or device employing laser or directed energy beams; 
 (3)
insurrection, strikes, labor disturbances, riots, civil commotion, rebellion, revolution, civil war, usurpation, or action taken by a government authority in hindering, combating or defending against such an occurrence, whether there be declaration
of war or not; 
 (4) confiscation, nationalization, seizure, restraint, detention, appropriation, requisition for title or
use by or under the order of any government or governmental authority or agent (whether secret or otherwise or whether civil, military or de facto) or public or local authority or agency; 
  

 1 

 (5) nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, or radioactive contamination of any nature,
whether such loss or damage be direct or indirect, except for radiation naturally occurring in the space environment; 
 (6)
electromagnetic or radio frequency interference, except for physical damage to the Satellite directly resulting from such interference; 
 (7) willful or intentional acts of the directors or officers of the named insured, acting within the scope of their duties, designed to cause loss or failure of the Satellite; 
 (8) an act of one or more individuals, whether or not agents of a sovereign power, for political or terrorist purposes and whether the
loss, damage or failure resulting therefrom is accidental or intentional; 
 (9) any unlawful seizure or wrongful exercise of
control of the Satellite made by any individual or individuals acting for political or terrorist purposes; 
 (10) loss of
revenue, incidental damages or consequential loss; 
 (11) extra expenses, other than the expenses insured under such policy;

 (12) third party liability; 
 (13) loss of a redundant component(s) that does not cause a transponder failure; and 
 (14)
such other similar exclusions or modifications to the foregoing exclusions as may be customary for policies of such type as of the date of issuance or renewal of such coverage. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into or becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such
specified Person, 
 in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds
or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such
Person, as applicable. 
 “Added Historical Adjustment” means, for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA, (i) the
writeoff of certain accounts receivable and capitalized software, (ii) insurance program costs, and (iii) certain legal expenses, in each case, in the amounts set forth in and as further described in the 2006 Offering Memorandum, but only
to the extent such writeoff, insurance program costs, and legal expenses in such amount occurred in the consecutive four quarter period referred to in the definition of Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio. 
 “Added Projected Adjustment” means with respect to any Person, without duplication and solely to the extent the calculation of Adjusted
EBITDA includes any period commencing January 1, 2004 and ending on March 31, 2005, the sum of (x) payroll and benefits costs associated with employees 

  

 2 

 
terminated (voluntarily or involuntarily) in connection with the SPACEWAY program (as described in the Offering Memorandum) realignment and other
restructuring initiatives as if such employees had been terminated on January 1, 2004, plus (y) the sum of (A) an assumed rate of cost recovery to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries equal to $3.0 million per calendar quarter
less the actual rate of cost recovery to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to be calculated on a pro rata basis for any period less than one quarter) from DIRECTV, Inc. for services performed under the SPACEWAY Services Agreement and
(B) reduced non-labor direct costs from realignment of the SPACEWAY program, in each case as if the SPACEWAY Services Agreement had been executed and the realignment of the SPACEWAY program had been implemented on January 1, 2004;
provided that in the event the definition of Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio requires a calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the consecutive four quarter period commencing January 1, 2004 or January 1, 2005, the Added Projected
Adjustment shall equal $16,042,000 or $4,542,000, respectively. The calculation of Added Projected Adjustment shall be performed in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company in a manner consistent with the
presentation of “Assumed Net Reduction of SPACEWAY Operating Costs” set forth in the 2006 Offering Memorandum and such calculation shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial officer and
another Officer. 
 “Additional 2006 Notes” means additional 2006 Notes issued under, and in accordance with, the 2006
Indenture. 
 “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in
accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
 “Adjusted EBITDA” means,
with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) Consolidated Taxes; plus 
 (2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus 
 (3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus 

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems
establishment costs or excess pension charges); plus 
 (5) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees
and related expenses paid to the Permitted Holders (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period; provided that such amount shall not exceed in any four quarter period $1.0 million; plus 
 (6) Added Historical Adjustment; plus 
 (7) Added Projected Adjustment; 
 (8) less, without duplication, 
 (9) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of,
or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in any prior period); less 
 (10) Subtracted Historical Adjustment. 
  

 3 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled
by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or
additional paying agent. 
 “Alpine” means Alpine Capital Corporation and any successor. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note; and 
 (2) the excess of: (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at April 15, 2010
(such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(c) hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through April 15, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note. 
 “April 2005 Acquisition” means the acquisition on April 22, 2005 whereby, SkyTerra Communications, Inc. completed the acquisition of 50% of the Company’s Class A membership interests
from DTV Network Systems, Inc. for $50.0 million in cash and 300,000 shares of SkyTerra Communications, Inc.’s common stock. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or
exchange. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property
or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by
foreign nationals) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 
 in each case other than: 
 (A) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 4 

 (B) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner
permitted pursuant to the provisions described in Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 
 (C) for purposes of Section 4.10 hereof only, any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade
Securities by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (D) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $7.5 million; 
 (E) any disposition of property or assets or the issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (F) any exchange of assets for
assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors of the Company, which in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of (1) $10.0 million shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, and (2) $25.0 million shall be set forth in
a resolution approved in good faith by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; 
 (G) any foreclosures
on assets or property of the Company or its Subsidiaries; 
 (H) any sale of equipment or other assets in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (I) any grant in the ordinary course of business of any license of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other
intellectual property; 
 (J) any Event of Loss (except that any proceeds thereof shall be applied in the manner set forth in
Section 4.10 hereof); 
 (K) any sale of assets pursuant to the Equipment Financing Agreements; 
 (L) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of
Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clauses (9) or (10) of the definition of Permitted Investments or Section 4.07(b)(9) hereof); 
 (M) any swap of owned or leased satellite transponder capacity for other satellite transponder capacity of comparable or greater value or
usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company, which in the event of a swap with a Fair Market Value in excess of
(1) $10.0 million shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate and (2) $25.0 million shall be set forth in a resolution approved in good faith by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; and 
  

 5 

 (N) any swap of assets in exchange for services in the ordinary course of business of
comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company, which in the event of a swap with a Fair
Market Value in excess of (1) $10.0 million shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate and (2) $25.0 million shall be set forth in a resolution approved in good faith by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company. 
 “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Agreement or the other
Senior Credit Documents, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of the Credit Agreement), including principal, premium (if
any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses,
reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof. 
 “Bankruptcy Law”
means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar U.S. federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means
as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 “Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to: 
 (1) 85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as reported in accordance with
GAAP on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (or notes thereto) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such determination date, excluding any accounts receivable that were more than 90 days past due as of such balance
sheet date; plus 
 (2) 65% of the book value of all inventory, net of reserves, owned by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as reported in accordance with GAAP on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (or notes thereto) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such determination date. 
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to
close in New York City. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation or a company, corporate stock or shares; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership
(whether general or limited); and 
  

 6 

 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation”
means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes
thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the
capital of the Company or any Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.” 
 “Cash
Equivalents” means: 
 (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, national currency of any participating member state
in the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member
of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year,
and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by
Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency); 
 (4)
repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent
thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 
 (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having
one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of
acquisition; 
 (7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Permitted Holders or any of their Affiliates) with a rating
of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of
acquisition; and 
 (8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in
clauses (1) through (7) of this definition. 
  

 7 

 “Change of Control” means: 
 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than any of the Permitted Holders; or 
 (2) the Company becomes aware (by
way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a
single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor
provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any Parent of the Company; or 
 (3) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Parent shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who are Continuing Directors. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Specified Merger/Transfer Transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended. 
 “Company” means Hughes Network Systems, LLC, and any and all successors thereto. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted
in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding
amortization of deferred financing fees, expensing of any bridge or other financing fees and any interest under Satellite Purchase Agreements); and 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; 
 less interest income for such period; 
 provided, that for purposes of calculating Consolidated
Interest Expense, no effect shall be given to the discount and/or premium resulting from the bifurcation of derivatives under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of the
Indebtedness to which such Consolidated Interest Expense relates. 
  

 8 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, without duplication, with respect to any Person for any
period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, that: 
 (1) any net after-tax extraordinary or nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), or income or expense or charge (including, without limitation, any severance, relocation or
other restructuring costs and transition expenses Incurred as a direct result of the transition of the Company to an independent operating company in connection with the Transactions) and fees, expenses or charges related to any offering of equity
interests of such Person, Investment, acquisition or Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), including any such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions, in each case, shall be
excluded; 
 (2) any increase in amortization or depreciation or any one-time non-cash charges resulting from purchase
accounting in connection with any acquisition that is consummated after April 13, 2006 shall be excluded; 
 (3) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded; 
 (4) any net after-tax income
or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded; 
 (5) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by senior
management or the Board of Directors of the Company (except that no such determination shall be required for the asset dispositions comprising the Subtracted Historical Adjustment)) shall be excluded; 
 (6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of
Indebtedness shall be excluded; 
 (7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person,
or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into
cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; 
 (8) solely for the purpose of
determining the amount of Cumulative Credit, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by
such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its equityholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have
been legally waived (provided that this clause (8) shall not apply with respect to the Net Income of Hughes Escorts Communications Limited); provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount
of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person (subject to the provisions of this clause (8)), to
the extent not already included therein; 
  

 9 

 (9) any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off resulting from the application of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 and 144, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to No. 141, shall be excluded; 
 (10) any non-cash expenses realized or resulting from employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and
employees of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded; 
 (11) any one-time non-cash compensation
charges shall be excluded; 
 (12) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required
by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations shall be excluded; and 
 (13) the
effects of purchase accounting as a result of the January 2006 Acquisition shall be excluded. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the
purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only, there shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in respect of or that originally constituted Restricted Investments to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07 hereof
pursuant to clause (4) or (5) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit.” 
 For purposes of calculating the amount of
Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to the second clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the amount of Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced, without duplication, by amounts dividended to Parent for taxes pursuant to
Section 4.07(b)(11) hereof (such calculation to be made on a quarterly basis). 
 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, non-cash compensation, non-cash rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated
basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of
recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges
relate. 
 “Consolidated Taxes” means, with respect to any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes, and including an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Capital Stock
of such Person or any parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(11) hereof, which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person. 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of
all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, with the
amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP. 
  

 10 

 For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total
Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Fair Market Value shall be determined reasonably
and in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with
respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner,
whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; 
 (2)
to advance or supply funds: 
 (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 
 (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary
obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such
primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions and
amounts applied to make a Restricted Payment in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(2) hereof) made to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor after the Issue Date; provided that (1) if the aggregate principal amount of such
Contribution Indebtedness is greater than the aggregate amount of such cash contributions to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount in excess shall be Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) that ranks
subordinate to the Notes with a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and (2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and
(b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date of Incurrence thereof. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, members of the Board of Directors of the Company who: 
 (1) were members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent on the Issue Date; or 
 (2) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent, a majority of whom were directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority
of directors nominated for election pursuant to this clause (x) or who were designated or appointed pursuant to clause (y) below, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder. 
  

 11 

 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified
in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
 “Credit
Agreement” means (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of April 22, 2005, as amended and restated as of June 27, 2005 and as further amended and restated as of April 13, 2006, among the Company, the financial institutions
named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (or an affiliate thereof or any successor thereto), as administrative agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or
otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any one or more agreements or indentures extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion
of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity
thereof and (ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Company to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or
commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or
letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any
other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to
time. 
 “Cumulative Credit” means the sum of (without duplication): 
 (1) cumulative Adjusted EBITDA of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from and after April 1, 2006 to the end
of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Adjusted EBITDA for such period is a negative, minus the amount by which
cumulative Adjusted EBITDA is less than zero), plus 
 (2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair
Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash, received by the Company after April 13, 2006 from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent of the Company
(excluding (without duplication) Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount including Equity Interests (other than Refunding Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or
Designated Preferred Stock) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries), plus 
 (3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company
received in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash after April 13, 2006 (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock,
Disqualified Stock, the Cash Contribution Amount and contributions by a Restricted Subsidiary), plus 
  

 12 

 (4) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after April 13, 2006 from: 
 (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership
plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or to an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which
constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(9) hereof), 
 (B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or trust
established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the investments in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(9) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or, 
 (C) a distribution, dividend or other payment from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus 
 (5) in the event any
Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company after April 13, 2006, the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of the Investments of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation,
combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(9) hereof or
constituted a Permitted Investment). 
 The Fair Market Value of property other than cash covered by clauses (2), (3), (4) and
(5) of this definition shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and 
 (A) in the event
of property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $10.0 million, shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate or 
 (B)
in the event of property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $25.0 million, shall be set forth in a resolution approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 “Cumulative Interest Expense” means, in respect of any Restricted Payment, the sum of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest
Expense of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period from and after April 1, 2006 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available and immediately
preceding the proposed Restricted Payment. 
  

 13 

 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or
any successor entity thereto. 
 “Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio
of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of the date of calculation (the “Calculation Date”) to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for the four consecutive fiscal quarters immediately preceding such Calculation Date for which
internal financial statements are available. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings, in which case interest expense shall be
computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio is
being calculated but prior to the Calculation Date, then the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the
computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or
subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in
any associated Consolidated Total Indebtedness obligations and the change in Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently
became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required
adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning
of the applicable four-quarter period. For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings
relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, except that
such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that have been realized or for which substantially all the steps necessary for realization have
been taken or are reasonably expected to be taken within six months following any such transaction, including, but not limited to, the execution or termination of any contracts, the reduction of costs related to administrative functions or the
termination of any personnel, as applicable; provided that, in either case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the
amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any
related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on
the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months). Interest on a Capitalized
Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed 

  

 14 

 
on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that
may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon
such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of
time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the
Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part
in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this
Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the
Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash
Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred
Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any Parent of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in the
definition of “Cumulative Credit.” 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of
such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable, putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event: 
 (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person; or 
 (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part; 
 in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; 
 provided, however, that only the portion of
Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, however,
that (x) if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely

  

 15 

 
because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such
employee’s termination, death or disability and (y) such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if such Capital Stock matures or is mandatorily redeemable or is redeemable at the option of the holders thereof as a result of
a change of control or asset sale so long as the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control
provisions applicable to the Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes (including the purchase of any Notes tendered
pursuant thereto); provided, further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be
deemed to be Disqualified Stock. 
 “Earth Station” shall mean any earth station of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
that is the subject of a license granted by the Federal Communications Commission. 
 “Equipment Financing Agreements” means
(A)(1) the Master Purchase Agreement dated April 27, 1998, between the Company and Alpine, (2) the Master Equipment Lease dated April 21, 1998, between the Company and Alpine and (3) the Assignment Agreement dated April 27,
1998, between the Company and Alpine; (B) the equipment financing arrangements pursuant to the Master Performance and Counter-Indemnity between the Company and certain of its Subsidiaries and Barclays Technology Finance Limited, Barclays
Technology Finance GmbH, Alpine Capital (Europe) Limited and Alpine Capital (Europe) Limited GmbH and related agreements; (C) the Master Purchase Agreement dated as of September 23, 2005 between the Company and Alpine; (D) any and all
assignment agreements entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business as contemplated by clauses (A)(1) through (3), (B) and (C) of this definition, in each case, as the same may be
refinanced, amended, modified, restated, renewed, supplemented or replaced; and (E) any agreements between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any third-party relating generally to the subject matter of the agreements set
forth in clause (A), (B), (C) or (D) of this definition; provided that any agreements specified in clauses (D) or (E) of this definition are entered into on terms consistent with then prevailing market conditions.

 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Event of Loss” means any event that
results in the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receiving proceeds from any insurance covering any Satellite, or in the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives proceeds from any insurance maintained for it by any
Satellite Manufacturer or any launch provider covering any of such Satellites. 
 “Event of Loss Proceeds” means, with
respect to any proceeds from any Event of Loss, all Satellite insurance proceeds received by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Event of Loss, after: 
 (1) provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Event of Loss; 
 (2) payment of all reasonable legal, accounting and other reasonable fees and expenses related to such Event of Loss; 
 (3) payment of amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Satellite that is the subject of
such Event of Loss; 
  

 16 

 (4) provision for payments to Persons who own an interest in the Satellite (including any
transponder thereon) in accordance with the terms of the agreement(s) governing the ownership of such interest by such Person (other than provision for payments to insurance carriers required to be made based on projected future revenues expected to
be generated from such Satellite in the good faith determination of the Company as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate); and 
 (5) deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the Satellite that was the subject of the Event of Loss.

 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Excluded Contributions” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their Fair Market Value as determined in good faith by
senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company) received by the Company from: 
 (1) contributions to its common
Capital Stock; and 
 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or pursuant to any management equity plan or
stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’
Certificate executed by an Officer of the Company, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in the definition of the term “Cumulative Credit.” 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither
of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. 
 “FCC Licenses” shall mean all authorizations,
licenses and permits, including experimental authorizations, issued by the Federal Communications Commission or any governmental authority substituted therefor to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, under which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is authorized to launch and operate any of its Satellites or to operate any of its Earth Stations (other than authorizations, orders, licenses or permits that are no longer in effect). 
  

 17 

 “Flow Through Entity” means an entity that is treated as a partnership not taxable as a
corporation, a grantor trust or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or subject to treatment on a comparable basis for purposes of state, local or foreign tax law. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state
or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on April 13, 2006. For
the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in
an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global
Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A1 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f)
hereof. 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary
course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 
 “Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with
the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee; provided that upon the
release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
 (1) currency exchange or interest rate swap agreements, cap agreements and collar agreements; and 
 (2) other
agreements or arrangements designed to manage exposure or protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange or interest rates. 
 “HNS Finance” means HNS Finance Corp. and any and all successors thereto. 
 “Holder” means a
Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
  

 18 

 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the
form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume,
guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or
otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with
respect to any Person: 
 (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not
contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money (including obligations in connection with Equipment Financing Agreements), (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or,
without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a current account payable, trade payable or similar obligation
Incurred, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a
liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the
extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary
course of business); and 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any
asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination
and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; 
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be
deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase
price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; (4) obligations to make payments to one or more insurers under satellite insurance policies in respect of premiums or the requirement to remit to
such insurer(s) a portion of the future revenue generated by a satellite which has been declared a constructive total loss, in each case in accordance with the terms of the insurance policies relating thereto; (5) any obligations to make
progress or incentive payments or risk money payments under any satellite manufacturing contract or to make payments under satellite launch contracts in respect of launch services provided thereunder, in each case, to the extent not overdue by more
than 90 days; or (6) the financing of insurance premiums with the carrier of such insurance or take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives

  

 19 

 
created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this
sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an
accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Similar Business, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, qualified to
perform the task for which it has been engaged. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to
time. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 “Initial Notes” means the first $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue
Date. 
 “Initial Purchaser” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.. 
 “In-Orbit Insurance” means, with respect to any Satellite (or, if the entire Satellite is not owned by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, the portion of the Satellite it owns or for which it has risk of loss), insurance or other contractual arrangement providing for coverage against the risk of loss of or damage to such Satellite (or portion, as
applicable) attaching upon the expiration of the launch insurance therefor (or, if launch insurance is not procured, upon the initial completion of in-orbit testing) and attaching, during the commercial in-orbit service of such Satellite (or
portion, as applicable), upon the expiration of the immediately preceding corresponding policy or other contractual arrangement, as the case may be, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other
than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s or
BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may
also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution; and 
 (4) corresponding instruments in countries
other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions

  

 20 

 
(excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants
made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance
sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and
Section 4.07 hereof: 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary
as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to: 
 (A) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less 
 (B) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of
such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 “Issue Date” means May 27, 2009. 
 “January 2006 Acquisition” means the acquisition whereby Hughes Communications, Inc. acquired 100% of the Company’s Class A membership interests pursuant to two transactions on
December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2006, respectively. 
 “Joint Venture” means any Person, other than an
individual or a Subsidiary of the Company, (i) in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company holds or acquires an ownership interest (whether by way of Capital Stock or otherwise) and (ii) which is engaged in a Similar
Business. 
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders
of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
 “License Subsidiary” shall mean one or more
wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (i) that holds, was formed for the purpose of holding or is designated to hold FCC Licenses and (ii) all of the shares of Capital Stock and other ownership interests of which are held
directly by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof, any other agreement to give a security interest and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or equivalent statutes of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an
agreement to sell or an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
  

 21 

 “Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating
agency business thereof.  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means
the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash
Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and
brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related
thereto), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal of, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction
(including to obtain any consent therefor), any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the
Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with
such transaction and any distributions and the payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures as a result of such Asset Sale. 
 “Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
 “Notes” has
the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, and any Exchange Notes exchanged therefor, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the
context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes exchanged therefor. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and
bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and
other third parties other than the holders of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company or any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, that
meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. 
  

 22 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the
Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. 
 “Parent” means, with respect to any
Person, any direct or indirect parent company of such Person whose only material assets consist of the common Capital Stock of such Person. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) with respect to the Company, the Notes and any Indebtedness
which ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes; and 
 (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any
Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment with such Guarantor’s Guarantee. 
 “Participant” means, with
respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
 “Permitted Holders” means Hughes Communications, Inc. and its Affiliates. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership
constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash
Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into,
or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of
assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any Investments made pursuant to
binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (6) advances to employees not in excess of $5.0 million outstanding at any
one time in the aggregate; provided that advances that are forgiven shall continue to be deemed outstanding; 
  

 23 

 (7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other
Investment or accounts receivable or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 (8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.09(b)(10) hereof; 
 (9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding (after giving effect to the sale of Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) to the extent the proceeds of such sale received by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries consists of cash and Cash Equivalents), not to exceed $20.0 million, at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such
Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (10) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding (after giving effect to the sale of Investments made pursuant to this clause
(10) to the extent the proceeds of such sale received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries consists of cash and Cash Equivalents), not to exceed the greater of (x) $40.0 million and (y) 7.0% of Total Assets of the Company at
the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (11) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving and relocation expenses and
other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) Investments the payment for which
consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under the calculation set
forth in the definition of the term “Cumulative Credit;” 
 (13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an
Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (6), (7), (8), (9), (13) and (14) of such paragraph); 
 (14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other
Persons; 
 (15) guarantees not prohibited by or required pursuant to, as the case may be, Sections 4.09 and 4.17 hereof;

 (16) any Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company; 
  

 24 

 (17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies,
materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property in each case in the ordinary course of business; 
 (18) additional Investments in Joint Ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0 million outstanding at any one time; 

(19) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with,
or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 hereof, after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger,
amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; and 
 (20) any Investment in the Notes. 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good
faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S.
government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review; 
 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or
bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued at the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 
 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers,
electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which
were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (6)(A) Liens securing an aggregate principal amount of Pari Passu Indebtedness not to exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate
principal amount of Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof and (y) the maximum principal amount of 

  

 25 

 
Indebtedness that, as of such date, and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such
date, would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 1.50 to 1.00 and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the Non-Guarantor Exception and clauses (2),
(4) (provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets that are not property being purchased, leased, constructed or improved with the proceeds of such Indebtedness being Incurred pursuant to clause (4)), (19) or
(21) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or
appurtenant thereto and income and profits arising therefrom and except for customary cross collateral arrangements with respect to property or equipment financed by the same financing source pursuant to the same financing scheme); provided,
further, that in the case of the Non-Guarantor Exception and clause (19), such Lien does not extend to the property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company other than a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than with respect to Obligations in respect of the Credit Agreement);

 (8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided,
however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (9) Liens on assets or property at the time the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that
such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other assets or property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company; 
 (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (11)
Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(10) hereof; 
 (12) Liens on specific
items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such
inventory or other goods; 
 (13) leases and subleases of real property granted to others in the ordinary course of business
that do not (i) materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) secure any Indebtedness; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 26 

 (15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s
customer at the site at which such equipment is located; 
 (17) Liens or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
connection with insurance maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 (18) Liens on the Equity Interests of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (19) grants of software and other licenses in the ordinary course of business; 
 (20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions,
renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of
the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount
or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses,
including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; 
 (21) other Liens securing
obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (22) Liens incurred pursuant to the Equipment Financing Agreements; 
 (23) Liens arising out of consignment or
similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (24) Liens securing
insurance premiums financing arrangements, provided that such Liens are limited to the applicable unearned insurance premiums. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, Joint Venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof or any other entity. 
 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends
or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 
 “Presumed Tax Rate” means the highest effective marginal statutory
combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual residing in New York City (taking into account (i) the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, assuming the
limitation of Section 68(a)(2) of the Code applies and taking into account any impact of Section 68(f) of the Code, and (ii) the character (long-term or short-term capital gain, dividend income or other ordinary income) of the
applicable income). 
  

 27 

 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof
to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Rating
Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”
within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any Parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2009, among the Issuers, the
Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the other
parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuers to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate. 

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend
and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon
expiration of the Restricted Period. 
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of
Exhibit A2 hereto deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such
Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A
promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  

 28 

 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any
successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Satellite” means any satellite owned by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and any satellite purchased by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of a Satellite Purchase Agreement, whether such satellite is in the process of manufacture, has been delivered for launch
or is in orbit (whether or not in operational service). 
 “Satellite Manufacturer” means, with respect to any Satellite,
the prime contractor and manufacturer of such Satellite. 
 “Satellite Purchase Agreement” means, with respect to any
Satellite, the agreement between the applicable Satellite Purchaser and the applicable Satellite Manufacturer relating to the manufacture, testing and delivery of such Satellite. 
 “Satellite Purchaser” means the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a party to a Satellite Purchase Agreement. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of February 28, 2006, as
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, in each case, in a manner not materially adverse to the holders of the Notes. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 
 “Secured Indebtedness Leverage
Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to
(ii) Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured
Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made (the “Secured Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. The provisions applicable to pro forma transactions and Indebtedness set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio” will apply for
purposes of making the computation referred to in this paragraph. 
  

 29 

 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Senior Credit Documents” means the collective reference to any Credit
Agreement, any notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the
meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC or any successor provision. 
 “Similar Business” means any
business or activity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries currently conducted or proposed as of the Issue Date, or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof, or is
complementary, incidental, ancillary or related thereto. 
 “SPACEWAY Services Agreement” means that certain services
agreement, dated as of April 22, 2005 between DIRECTV, Inc. and the Company. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect
to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for
the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a
partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited
liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any Person that is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the specified Person in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each of Hughes Network Systems International Service Company, HNS Real Estate, LLC, HNS-India VSAT, Inc.
and HNS Shanghai, Inc. and each other Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor. 
  

 30 

 “Subtracted Historical Adjustment” means the gain on sale of real estate for
purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA, in the amount set forth in and as further described in the 2006 Offering Memorandum, but only to the extent the adjustment for such gain occurred in the consecutive four quarter period referred to in the
definition of Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio. 
 “Term Loan Agreement” means the unsecured credit agreement dated as
of February 23, 2007, among the Issuers, as co-borrowers, the lenders party thereto, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. and Bear Stearns & Co., Inc. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Total Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the total consolidated assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown
on such Person’s most recent balance sheet. 
 “Transactions” means the April 2005 Acquisition,
the January 2006 Acquisition, the amendment of the Credit Agreement on April 13, 2006 and the offering of the 2006 Notes and the application of the proceeds therefrom. 
 “Treasury Rate” means with respect to the Notes, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date
of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption
date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to April 15, 2010; provided, however, that if the period from
such redemption date to April 15, 2010, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice
president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any
corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Trustee” Wells Fargo Bank, National Association until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of
Directors of such Person in the manner provided pursuant to Section 4.18 hereof; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  

 31 

 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are: 
 (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include
a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government
Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such
depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election
of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal
payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership
interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined
in
Section
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15

  

 32 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined
in
Section
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Non-Guarantor Exception”
	  	4.09
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness” 
	  	4.09
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.07
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Retired Capital Stock”
	  	4.07
	 “Specified Merger/Transfer Transaction” 
	  	5.01
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	10.04

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 “indenture security Holder” means a holder of a Note; 
 “indenture to be
qualified” means this Indenture; 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the
Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuers and the Guarantors, respectively, and any
successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04 Rules
of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  

 33 

 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance
with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
 (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 
 (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
 (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or
rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 and A2 hereto. The
Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of
$2,000. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions
of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form
will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 or A2 hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding
Notes as will be specified therein and each will provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may
from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
 (c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, at its office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the
accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period will be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

 (1) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream
certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an
interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private
Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and 
  

 34 

 (2) an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuers. 
 Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The
aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as
the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 
 (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures
Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer
Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
 At least one Officer must sign the Notes for each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a
Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order signed by an Officer of each Issuer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that
may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuers pursuant to one
or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating
agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers. 
  

 35 

 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 The Issuers will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and
an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more
additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Issuers will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. An Issuer or any of
its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)
to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent
and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Issuers will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders
or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If an Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuers, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most
recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each
interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise
comply with TIA § 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary,
by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuers
for Definitive Notes if: 
 (1) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable
to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 120 days after the date of such notice from the
Depositary; 
  

 36 

 (2) the Issuers in their sole discretion determine that the Global Notes (in whole but
not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and deliver a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes prior to
(A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or 
 (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary
shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion
thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers
of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests
in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to
effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial
Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note
in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
  

 37 

 (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing
information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in
2.06(b)(1) above; 
 provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests
in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. 
 Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to
have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for
transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial
interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above
and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in
the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation
S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the
case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule
144) of the Issuers; 
  

 38 

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel
in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above
at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by
the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  

 39 

 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule
144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C)
if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers or
any Subsidiary of an Issuer, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for
a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the
Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and
(C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of
the 

  

 40 

 
Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except
in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
 (3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee,
in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined
in Rule 144) of the Issuers; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel
in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant
to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any 

  

 41 

 
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such
authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive
Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note
proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon
receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to
exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth
in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in
subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuers or any Subsidiary of an Issuer, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive
Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause
(A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
  

 42 

 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a
Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the
Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A
Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the
Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  

 43 

 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is
effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02
hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance
with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any
additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted
Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder
thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes
or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers; 
 (B) any such transfer is effected
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) any such transfer is
effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  

 44 

 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the
Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the
Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange
Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will
authenticate: 
 (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a
distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers; and 
 (2)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that
(A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers. 
 Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be
reduced accordingly, and the Issuers will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 

(g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless
specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  

 45 

 (1) Private Placement Legend. 
 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED,
ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF
ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: THE DATE ON WHICH THE
ISSUER INSTRUCTS THE TRUSTEE THAT THIS RESTRICTIVE LEGEND SHALL BE DEEMED REMOVED (WHICH INSTRUCTION IS EXPECTED TO BE GIVEN ON OR ABOUT THE ONE-YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER
THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY)], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT
TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR
INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT,
SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY
TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED WITHOUT FURTHER ACTION OF THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY HOLDER AT SUCH TIME AS THE ISSUER INSTRUCTS THE TRUSTEE IN WRITING TO REMOVE SUCH LEGEND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE. IN THE CASE OF
REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to
subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  

 46 

 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL
NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S
Temporary Global Note will bear a Legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND
THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE
PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.” 
 (4) OID Legend. Each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued
in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THESE NOTES HAVE BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL
ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THESE NOTES MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AT HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC
C/O HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC, 11717 EXPLORATION LANE, GERMANTOWN, MD 20876.” 
  

 47 

 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a
particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in
accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another
Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to
reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly
and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and
exchanges, the Issuers will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge
payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof. 
 (3) The Registrar will
not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be
the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) Neither the Registrar nor either Issuer will be required: 
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the
day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
  

 48 

 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee,
any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of
the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (8) All certifications,
certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuers and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will
authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the
Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation,
those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not
cease to be outstanding because an Issuer or an Affiliate of an Issuer holds the Note.  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to
Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than an Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to
pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have
concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with an Issuer or any Guarantor, will be
considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

  

 49 

 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without
unreasonable delay, the Issuers will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders
of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful,
interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuers will notify the Trustee in writing of the
amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuers will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers)
will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, they must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
 (2) the redemption date; 
 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 
 (4) the redemption price. 

 

 50 

 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or
purchase on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided
herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
 The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for
partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder
are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to
Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of
Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date,
the Issuers will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption
date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 
 (1) the redemption date;

 (2) the redemption price; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal
to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (4) the name and address of the Paying
Agent; 
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 (6) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which
the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  

 51 

 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number,
if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the
Issuers’ names and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting
forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and
payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, and a notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
 Section 3.05 Deposit of
Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 At or before 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers will deposit with
the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will
promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Notes
to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase
date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any
accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase
because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on
such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or
Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 
 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At
any time prior to April 15, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each
Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the applicable date of
redemption, subject to the rights of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
  

 52 

 (b) Except pursuant to Section 3.07(a) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’
option prior to April 15, 2010. 
 (c) On or after April 15, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole at
any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the
relevant interest payment date: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2010
	  	104.750	%
	 2011
	  	102.375	%
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue
on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (d) Any redemption pursuant to this
Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 

 The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuers are required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified
below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and, at the option of the Company, to all holders of other Pari Passu
Indebtedness. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer
Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuers will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such
other Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable and practicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any
Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record
date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional
interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Issuers will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being
made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
  

 53 

 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to
accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $2,000 only; 
 (6) that Holders electing to have Notes
purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a
Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex,
facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer
Amount, the Issuers will select the Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis, to the extent practicable, based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such
adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuers so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples thereof, will be purchased); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of
the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful,
accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver
or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this
Section 3.09. The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the
purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuers, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to
be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The
Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
  

 54 

 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 

 The Issuers will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes on
the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than one of the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, holds
as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If a payment date is not a Business Day,
payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. The Issuers will pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts
set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Issuers will maintain an office or agency (which may be an
office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this
Indenture may be served. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers fail to maintain any such required office or agency or fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations;
provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
  

 55 

 Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information. 
 (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report
on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company will file (x) with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing), and
(y) provide the Trustee and Holders with copies thereof, without cost to each Holder, within 15 days after it files (or attempts to file) them with the SEC: 
 (1) within the time periods specified by the Exchange Act, an annual report on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing
the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form); 
 (2) within the time
periods specified by the Exchange Act, a quarterly report on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form); and 
 (3) all
current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K. 
 (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.03(a) hereof, the Company
will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the Holders (1) if the Company has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available; or (2) prior to the
commencement of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration
Statement in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or
Shelf Registration Statement and/or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in Section 4.03(a) hereof. 
 (c) If at any time any Parent of the Company becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any Parent to do so), holds no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company or
of any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor
provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders pursuant to this Section 4.03 may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of such Parent rather than the Company. 

(d) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, either individually or
collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section 4.03 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 (e) The Company will make such information available to prospective investors upon request. For so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, it will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  

 56 

 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a
view to determining whether the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuers
have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not and were not at any time during the previous year in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions
of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto) and that to
the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and
what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) [Intentionally omitted] 
 (c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default
or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05 Taxes. 
 The Issuers will pay, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to
pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders. 
 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any
stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Issuers and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every
such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’
Equity Interests, including any payment with respect to such Equity Interests made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company 

  

 57 

 
payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long
as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least
its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities); 
 (2) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger or consolidation; 
 (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any
scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in
anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness
permitted under clauses (7) and (9) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment.

 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as
“Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 
 (2) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries after April 13, 2006 (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (4), (6) and (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b)), is less
than the amount equal to the difference between (i) the Cumulative Credit and (ii) 1.4 times Cumulative Interest Expense. 
 (b)
The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60
days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2)(A) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Company or any Parent of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, any
Parent of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than the Cash Contribution Amount or the sale of any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, or any
Equity Interests sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock 

  

 58 

 
ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent of the Company or
contributions to the equity capital of the Company (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”) and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock; 
 (3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (or as promptly as practicable after giving any requisite notice to the holders of such Subordinated Indebtedness) of, new Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as 
 (A) the principal amount of
such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing
the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired plus any fees incurred in connection therewith); 
 (B) such Indebtedness is Incurred by the Company, or by a Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of refinanced Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor, and, in each case, is subordinated to the Notes, or the related Guarantee, as the case may be,
at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value; 
 (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or
retired or (y) at least 91 days later than the maturity date of the Notes; and 
 (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; 
 (4) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any Parent of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement
or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any Parent of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (4) do not exceed $7.5
million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year, commencing with 2006, being permitted to be carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum payment (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $15.0
million in any calendar year); provided, further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company to members of
management, directors or consultants of the 

  

 59 

 
Company, any Parent of the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such
repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under the second clause (3) of Section 4.07(a); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company, any Parent of the Company (to the extent contributed to
the Company) or the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company after April 13, 2006; less 
 (C) the amount of any Restricted
Payments previously made pursuant to the foregoing subclauses (A) and (B); 
 provided that the Company may elect to apply
all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by subclauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year; 
 (5) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

 (6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions (A) to holders of any class or series of Designated
Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and (B) to any Parent of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred
Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any Parent of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided, however, that (i) in the case of subclauses (A) and (B) of this Section 4.07(b)(6), for the most recently ended four
full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro
forma basis, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof and (ii) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and
paid pursuant to subclauses (A) and (B) of this Section 4.07(b)(6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company, or contributed to the Company by any Parent, from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; 
 (7) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common
Capital Stock (or the payment of dividends to any Parent of the Company to fund the payment by such Parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common Capital Stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or
contributed to the Company from any public offering of common Capital Stock after April 13, 2006, other than public offerings with respect to common Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent of the Company registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8
and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 
 (8) Investments that are made with Excluded
Contributions; 
 (9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30.0 million; 
 (10) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than to the extent such Investments were made pursuant to clause (9) of this Section 4.07(b) or pursuant to clauses (9) or (10) of the definition of Permitted
Investments); 
  

 60 

 (11)(A) for so long as the Company is a Flow Through Entity, payment of dividends or
other distributions to any member of the Company in an amount, with respect to any period after the Issue Date, (i) not to exceed the tax amount that the Company is required to distribute to its members pursuant to Section 6.3.4 of the
Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date with respect to the Company for such period or (ii) in the event that Section 6.3.4 of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company
Agreement is no longer operable, equal to (x) the product of the amount of aggregate net taxable income allocated by the Company to such member of the Company for such period multiplied by the Presumed Tax Rate for such period less (y) the
amount of dividends or other distributions, if any, received by such member from the Company during such period; and (B) if the Company is not a Flow Through Entity, payment of dividends or other distributions to any direct or indirect parent
of the Company that files a consolidated U.S. federal tax return that includes the Company and its subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of
federal, state or local taxes, as the case may be, in respect of such year if the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries had paid such taxes directly as a stand-alone taxpayer or stand-alone group; 
 (12) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, any Parent of the Company (A) in amounts required for
such entity to pay general corporate overhead expenses (including salaries, bonuses and benefits paid to management and employees of any Parent, directors’ and officers’ insurance premiums, audit fees and other costs associated with any
Parent being a public company with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and professional and administrative expenses) for any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to
the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) in amounts required for any Parent of the Company to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness that satisfies each of the following: (i) the proceeds of
which were contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Company Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof and (iii) that was
incurred (x) to refund, refinance or defease Indebtedness of such Parent of the Company or the Company and (y) pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or Section 4.09(b)(14) hereof; 
 (13) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a
portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (14) payments to Permitted Holders for management, consulting,
monitoring and advisory services in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million in any fiscal year, plus out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with such services; and 
 (15) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to provisions similar to Sections 4.15 and 4.10 hereof; provided that, prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the
Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) has made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the Notes as a result of such Change of Control or Asset Sale, as the case may be, and
has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be; 
  

 61 

 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under
clauses (5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (15) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 
 (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or
securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07
will be determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 (d) The Company will not permit any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to Section 4.18 hereof. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments”
hereof. Such designation will only be permitted if Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the conditions set forth in Section 4.18 hereof. 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist
or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1)(A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) on its Capital Stock or (ii) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits;
or (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or advances to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08 hereof will not apply to encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date,
including pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the other Senior Credit Documents, the 2006 Indenture and the Term Loan Agreement; 
 (2) this Indenture and the Notes (and any Exchange Notes and Guarantees thereof); 
 (3) applicable law or any
applicable rule, regulation or order; 
 (4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the
Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; 
  

 62 

 (5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with
respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 
 (6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net
worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (8) customary provisions in
joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (including customary provisions in agreements relating to any Joint Venture); 
 (9) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so
acquired; 
 (10) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses, contracts and other similar agreements entered into in
the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property subject to such lease; 
 (11) other Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or Preferred Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date and permitted pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not
materially affect the Company’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company); 
 (12) restrictions pursuant to the Equipment Financing Agreements; and 
 (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof
imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided
that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company, no more restrictive as a
whole with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08: (1) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or
liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common Capital Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock; and (2) the subordination of loans or advances
made to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 
  

 63 

 Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to: (1) directly or indirectly, Incur any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); or (2) issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the
Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio
of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
is issued would be less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed $40.0 million at any one time outstanding (the “Non-Guarantor Exception”). 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not apply to (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the Incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation
of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of
(x) $50.0 million and (y) the amount of the Borrowing Base as of the date of such Incurrence. 
 (2) the Incurrence
by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and the Guarantees, as applicable (and any Exchange Notes and Guarantees thereof); 
 (3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in
clauses (1) and (2) above), including, without limitation, the 2006 Notes and outstanding Indebtedness under the Term Loan Agreement; 
 (4)(x) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, Disqualified Stock issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred
Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of
assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (but no other material assets)) and (y) any Acquired Indebtedness; provided however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness),
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding that was
Incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (A) $25.0 million and (B) 3.5% of Total Assets of the Company at the time of Incurrence; 
  

 64 

 (5) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to drawn letters of credit and drawn bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation drawn letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims,
health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’
compensation claims; 
 (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the Transactions or the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; 
 (7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment
to the obligations of the Company under this Indenture; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary
or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any
subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other
subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock; 
 (9) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs
such Indebtedness, and such Indebtedness is owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or
transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except (x) to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary or (y) a pledge of Indebtedness referred to in this clause (9) shall be deemed to be held by the pledgor and shall not be deemed a transfer until the pledgee commences actions to foreclose on such
Indebtedness) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (10) Hedging Obligations that are
Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes) for the purpose of fixing or hedging: (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding or
(B) currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; 
 (11) Indebtedness (including reimbursement
obligations with respect to drawn letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of drawn performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

  

 65 

 (12) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and
Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (12), does not exceed $40.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (13) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other
Obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such
Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as applicable, substantially to the same extent
as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; 
 (14) the
Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock Incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and clauses (2), (3), (4), (14), (15), (18) and (19) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or
refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing
Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
 (i) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being
refunded or refinanced; 
 (ii) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of
the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced or (y) at least 91 days later than the maturity date of the Notes; 
 (iii) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (x) Indebtedness junior to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or the Guarantee of
such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, or (y) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; 
 (iv) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to
or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium and fees Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

  

 66 

 (v) shall not include (x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a
Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (vi) in
the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness outstanding under clause (4) or (19) of this Section 4.09(b), shall be deemed to have been Incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (4) or (19),
as applicable, and not this clause (14) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses (4) and (19), 
 and
provided, further, that subclauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (14) will not apply to any refunding, refinancing or defeasance of (x) the Notes or (y) any Secured Indebtedness; 
 (15) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
or merged or amalgamated into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is not Incurred in contemplation of such
acquisition, merger or amalgamation; provided, further, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or amalgamation: 
 (A) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) above; or 
 (B) the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio of the Company would be less than or equal to such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;

 (16) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar
instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence; 
 (17) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to the
Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee; 
 (18)
Contribution Indebtedness; 
 (19) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred for working capital purposes
and any refinancings of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (19), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and
Incurred pursuant to this clause (19), does not exceed $25.0 million; 
 (20) Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to the Equipment Financing Agreements; 
 (21) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries under Capitalized Lease Obligations with respect to no more than three Satellites at any time; and 
  

 67 

 (22) Subordinated Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of the Guarantors to
finance the purchase, design, lease, construction, launch, launch insurance, in-orbit insurance or improvement of one or more Satellites (other than SPACEWAY 3) following the Issue Date; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of
Subordinated Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (22), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Subordinated Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (22), does not exceed $200.0 million. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (22) above or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the Section 4.09(a), the
Company shall, in its sole discretion, divide, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and such item of
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to one or more of such clauses or pursuant to the first paragraph hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement
outstanding on the Issue Date (if any) will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) above and the Company shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness
outstanding on the Issue Date. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, amortization or original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Preferred
Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will
not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount
of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this
Section 4.09. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of
Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term
debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign
currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction
shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. 
 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale unless: 
 (1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
  

 68 

 (2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 
 (A) any liabilities
(as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by
the transferee of any such assets and from which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary are released in writing; 
 (B) any
notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company into cash within 180
days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and 
 (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration
received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets of the Company at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated
Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 shall be deemed to be Cash
Equivalents for the purposes of this provision. 
 Within 365 days after the receipt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (or Event of Loss Proceeds), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale (together with any Event of Loss Proceeds), at its option:

 (1) to permanently reduce Obligations under Secured Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness (provided that if the
Company or any Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness that is Secured Indebtedness), the Company will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes if the Notes are then
prepayable or, if the Notes may not then be prepaid, by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the
Company or an Affiliate of the Company, 
 (2) to make an investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if
such investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), or capital expenditures or assets, in each case used or useful in a Similar
Business, and/or 
 (3) to make an investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such investment is in the
form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), properties or assets that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or
Event of Loss; 
  

 69 

 provided that in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a
permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment and, in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
enters into another binding commitment within nine months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment; provided, further, that any such binding commitment to invest shall be subject to only customary conditions (other
than financing). 
 Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds (or Event of Loss Proceeds), the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds (or Event of Loss Proceeds) in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities. 
 Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale (or Event of Loss Proceeds) that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the second
paragraph of this Section 4.10 (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds (or Event of Loss Proceeds) used to make an offer to purchase Notes, as described in clause (1) of the second paragraph of this Section 4.10,
shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company shall make an Asset Sale
Offer to all Holders (and, at the option of the Company, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) that is an integral multiple of $2,000 that may be purchased out
of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such
offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $15.0 million as provided in
Section 3.09 hereof. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any
purpose that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased
as provided in Section 3.09 hereof. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant
to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to
have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer
or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with or for
the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million, unless: 
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those
that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
  

 70 

 (2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an
Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a). 
 (b) The
following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
 (1) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and Investments under the definition of “Permitted Investments;” 
 (3) the entering into of any agreement to pay, and the payment of, (i) management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and expenses to the Permitted Holders in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to
exceed $1.0 million and (ii) expense reimbursement, in each case made pursuant to any agreement, or any agreement contemplated by such agreement; 
 (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees to, and indemnity provided on behalf of officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any Parent of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company; 
 (5) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Permitted Holders made for any financial
advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (x) approved by a majority of the
Board of Directors of the Company in good faith or (y) made pursuant to any agreement, or any agreement contemplated by such agreement; 
 (6) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a)(1) hereof; 
 (7) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants that are (x) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, (y) made in compliance with applicable law and
(z) otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (8) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date and any amendment
thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as determined
in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company) or any transaction contemplated thereby; 
  

 71 

 (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or
services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of
Directors of the Company, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party; 
 (10) if otherwise permitted under this Indenture, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the
Company or any Parent of the Company; 
 (11) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash,
securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
as appropriate, in good faith; 
 (12) any contribution to the capital of the Company; 
 (13) transactions permitted by, and complying with Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (14) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the
Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be, on any matter involving
such other Person; 
 (15) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (16) any agreement entered into in compliance with Section 7.8 of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company
Agreement; and 
 (17) any employment agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business. 
 Section 4.12 Liens. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) that secures any obligations under
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor against or on any asset or property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or any such Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, unless: 
 (1) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes or such Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor
is secured by a Lien on such property or assets that is senior in priority to such Liens; and 
 (2) in all other cases, the
Notes or such Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor is equally and ratably secured; 
  

 72 

 provided that any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes or such Guarantee under this Section 4.12 shall
be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes or such Guarantee under this Section 4.12. 
 Section 4.13 Limitations on Lines of Business. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than a Similar Business. 
 Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.

 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and
effect: 
 (1) its limited liability company existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof
is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.15 Change of Control. 
 (a) Upon
the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Within 30
days following any Change of Control, except to the extent the Company has previously elected to redeem Notes as described in Section 3.07 hereof, the Company shall mail a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder
with a copy to the Trustee stating: 
 (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require
the Company to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of
record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); 
 (2) the circumstances and relevant
facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; 
 (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than
30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); 
 (4) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue
interest; 
  

 73 

 (5) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment,
all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to
the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
 (8) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part
will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiples in excess of $2,000. 
 (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.15(a) hereof, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if
(1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all
Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 

(c) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is
in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (d) The Company will comply, to the extent
applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws
or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof. 
 (e) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly
tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an
Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
  

 74 

 The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control
Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount
to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 Section 4.16 Payments for Consent. 
 The
Issuers will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries of the Company to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any
of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such
consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.17 Future Guarantors. 
 (a) The Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Guarantors (excluding a guarantee of
Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary issued by a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary) to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and
several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes on a senior basis and all other obligations under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Guarantor is released and
discharged in full from all of its obligations under guarantees of (1) each Credit Agreement and (2) all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, then the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically and
unconditionally released or discharged; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has not incurred any Indebtedness or issued any Preferred Stock in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09 hereof unless such
Guarantor’s obligations under such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, so incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted under one of the exceptions available at the time of such release to Restricted
Subsidiaries under Section 4.09(b) hereof. 
 (b) Each Guarantee issued pursuant to Section 4.17(a) hereof will be limited to an
amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent
transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. Each such Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.05 hereof. The form of such Guarantee is attached as Exhibit E hereto. 
 Section 4.18 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or
any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided,
however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries); provided, further, however, that either: 
 (1) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 
  

 75 

 (2) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation
would be permitted under Section 4.07 hereof. 
 (b) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to
be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 
 (1)(A) the
Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (B) the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be
less than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation; and, 
 (2) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
 (c) Any designation by the Board of Directors of the Company contemplated by this Section 4.18 shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing
with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with this Section 4.18. 
 Section 4.19 Maintenance of Insurance. 
 (a) The Company will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, obtain, maintain and keep in full force and effect at all times (1) with respect to each Satellite procured by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for which the
risk of loss passes to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at or before launch, launch insurance with respect to each such Satellite covering the launch of such Satellite and a period of time thereafter; and (2) at all times subsequent to
the initial completion of in-orbit testing, in each case with respect to each Satellite it then owns or for which it has risk of loss (or portion, as applicable), In-Orbit Insurance; provided that the insurance coverage specified in
clauses (1) and (2) above will only be required to the extent, if at all, and on such terms (including coverage period, exclusions, limitations on coverage, co-insurance, deductibles and coverage amount) as is determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company to be in the best interests of the Company as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors. 
 (b) Insurance
policies required by Section 4.19(a) hereof, shall: 
 (1) contain no exclusions other than (A) Acceptable
Exclusions, and (B) such specific exclusions applicable to the performance of the Satellite (or portion, as applicable) being insured as are reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors of the Company in order to obtain insurance for a price
that is, and on other terms and conditions that are, commercially reasonable; and 
 (2) provide coverage for all risks of
loss of and damage to the Satellite. 
 (c) The insurance required by this Section 4.19 shall name the Company or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary as the named insured. 
  

 76 

 (d) In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives any Event of Loss
Proceeds in respect of an Event of Loss, such Event of Loss Proceeds shall be applied in the manner provided under Section 4.10 hereof. 
 Section 4.20 Restrictions on Activities of HNS Finance Corp. 
 Other than in connection with or incident to its
obligations relating to the Notes and the 2006 Notes (including Additional Notes and Additional 2006 Notes, if any) under this Indenture and the 2006 Indenture and its existence, HNS Finance will not hold any assets, become liable for any
obligations or engage in any business activities, including, without limitation, any business activities that would be the subject of the covenants set forth in this Indenture; provided, however, that HNS Finance may be a co-obligor (or a
guarantor) with respect to Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture if the Company is a primary obligor of such Indebtedness and the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Company or one or more of the Company’s
Subsidiaries other than HNS Finance, including without limitation, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement. At any time after the Company or a Successor Company (as defined in Section 5.01 hereof) is a corporation, HNS Finance may consolidate
or merge with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01 Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation, or Sale of All or
Substantially All Assets. 
 (a) The Company may not (i) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or
not the Company is the surviving corporation), or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless: 
 (1) the Company is a surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than
the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof,
the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Company or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); 
 (2) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the
Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation
of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either 
 (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA
Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or 
  

 77 

 (B) the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 
 (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes; 
 (6) if the Successor Company is not organized as a corporation after such transaction, HNS Finance
or a successor corporation which is a Subsidiary of the Successor Company shall continue to be co-obligor of the Notes and shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 
 (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 (b) Notwithstanding
clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof, (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or amalgamate with, merge into, sell, assign or transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets
to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (2) the Company may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of incorporating or organizing the Company in another state of the
United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby (any transaction described in this sentence a
“Specified Merger/Transfer Transaction”). Neither this Section 5.01 nor Section 5.02 will apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries. For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and
assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Company. 
 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties
or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, (a) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) will succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and
after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Company and not
to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein and (b) the Company will automatically be released
and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; provided, however, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets, the Company will not be released from the obligations to pay the principal of and
interest on the Notes. 
  

 78 

 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default” (whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or
involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): 
 (1) a Default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on any Note; 
 (2) a Default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon
required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, 
 (3) failure by the Issuers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company to comply for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding with any of their other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture; 
 (4) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds
$25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent, 
 (5) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to or
within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 
 (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
 (E) is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be generally not paying its debts as they become due; 
 (6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A) is for relief against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; 
  

 79 

 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 (7) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million or
its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days, or 
 (8) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any
Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause
(5) or (6) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers may declare
the principal of, or premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. 
 Upon any such
declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except
nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or liquidated damages, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any
available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the
extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of
all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection
with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment 

  

 80 

 
default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be
deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 
 Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 
 Subject to Section 6.07, a Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
 (1) such Holder gives the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least
25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 (5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not
give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to
Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of
principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment
on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by
Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is
authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue
principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel. 
  

 81 

 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor
upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby
authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out
of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10 Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all
compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on
the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and 
 Third: to the
Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a
Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees,
against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party 

  

 82 

 
litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by
Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 

 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and
no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad
faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee
was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expenses that might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
  

 83 

 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may
agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such
Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action
taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents
and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for
any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of each Issuer. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the
event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same
with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall
not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any
money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture
other than its certificate of authentication. 
  

 84 

 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder of Notes notice of the Default within the
earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), the Trustee may withhold notice
if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders of Notes. 
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning
with May 15, 2007, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA
§ 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA
§ 313(c). 
 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the
Issuers and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Issuers will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express trust. The Issuers will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, advances and
expenses as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct. Such fees and expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 (b) The Issuers and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against
any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or
expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers will not relieve the Issuers or any of the
Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such
counsel; provided, however, that neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors will be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee, the Company assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest
between the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee, on the other hand, subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor need pay for any
settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 
  

 85 

 (c) The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (d) To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(5) or (6) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a)
A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy
Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office,
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers, or
the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof,
such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  

 86 

 (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and
to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice
of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in
Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power,
that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA
§ 310(b). 
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Issuers may at any time, at the
option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in
this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors
will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and the Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below
are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes
and the Guarantees, which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied
all their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which
will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive
payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
  

 87 

 (2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and
Section 4.02 hereof; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) this Article 8. 
 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its
option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors
will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 4.15, 4.16, 4.17,
4.18, 4.19, 4.20, and Section 5.01(a)(4), hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes
will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed
“outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and
Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein
to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, hereof, but,
except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Section 6.01(3), 6.01(4), 6.01(7), 6.01(8) and, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries, 6.01(5) and 6.01(6), hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 
 (1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated

  

 88 

 
date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such
stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof,
the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 
 (A) the Issuers have received from, or there
has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall
confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no such Opinion of Counsel described in this clause (2) is required to be delivered by the Issuers if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become
due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year under an arrangement satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers. 
 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming
that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuers or any
of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuers or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (6) the Issuers must deliver to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
any creditors of the Issuers or others; and 
 (7) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
  

 89 

 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds
thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and
applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including an Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such
Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuers will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S.
Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the
request of the Issuers any money or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuers. 
 Subject to applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated
Damages if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on its request or (if then held by the
Issuers) will be discharged from such trust and, if applicable, repaid to the Issuers; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent
with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all
such cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated 

  

 90 

 
Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such
Notes to receive such payment from the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9

 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of Note: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 
 (2) to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are
described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); 
 (3) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the
obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes; 
 (4) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Guarantor
of the obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and its Guarantee; 
 (5) to make any change that would
provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder; 
 (6) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (7) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes; 
 (8) to secure the Notes; 
 (9) to add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers;
or 
 (10) to effect any provision of this Indenture or to make certain changes to this Indenture to provide for the issuance
of Additional Notes (subject to compliance with the covenants set forth in this Indenture). 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by
a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuers and the
Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  

 91 

 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation,
Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any)
voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default
(other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this
Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of
this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of
any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in
Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under
this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will
not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as
a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuers with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment, supplement or
waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the
principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the Stated
Maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 
 (3) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (4) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
  

 92 

 (5) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 
 (6) expressly subordinate the Notes or any Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (7) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders; or 
 (8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation
of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an
amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement
or waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
The Issuers may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Issuers approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01
hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
  

 93 

 ARTICLE 10. 
 GUARANTEES 
 Section 10.01. Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due,
whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or
thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in case
of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. 
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the
Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the
same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to
the Issuers, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent
theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right
of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and
the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing
such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith
become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under
the Guarantee. 
  

 94 

 Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such
Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To
effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. 
 To evidence its Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee
and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its
Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee will be valid
nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the
Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.17 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and this Article 10, to
the extent applicable. 
 Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor will not, and the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor
to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or
assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless: 
 (1) such Subsidiary Guarantor is a surviving Person or
the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made is a corporation, partnership or
limited liability company organized or existing under the 

  

 95 

 
laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may
be, being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”); 
 (2) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such
Subsidiary Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which
becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing; and 
 (4) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) shall have
delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the Successor Guarantor, by supplemental
indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the
Subsidiary Guarantor, such Successor Guarantor will succeed to and be substituted for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such Successor Guarantor thereupon may cause to be signed
any or all of the Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee. All the Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank
and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) a Subsidiary Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated or organized solely
for the purpose of incorporating or organizing such Subsidiary Guarantor in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor is not
increased thereby and (ii) a Subsidiary Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose all or substantially all of its properties or assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or
the Company. 
 Section 10.05. Releases. 
 A Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released and discharged in any of the following events: 
 (a) In the
event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person
that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of
the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition 

  

 96 

 
of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee; provided that the
Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, and such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all
pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. Upon delivery by the Issuers to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents
reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee. 
 (b) Upon designation of
any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee. 
 (c) Upon Covenant Defeasance or Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with
Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee. 
 (d) In the case of any Restricted
Subsidiary which after the Issue Date, is required to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.17 hereof, upon the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Guarantee. 
 A Guarantee also will be automatically released upon the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result
of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof. 
 Any
Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other
obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 
 ARTICLE 11 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 11.01
Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued
hereunder, when: 
 (1) either: 
 (A) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or
segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
  

 97 

 (B) all of the Notes (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and
payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) if redeemable at the option of the Issuers, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the
Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and the Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuers directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof
at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (2) the Issuers and/or the Guarantors have paid or caused to be paid all
sums payable by them under this Indenture; and 
 (3) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under
this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In
addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause
(1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms,
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent)
as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and interest for whose payment such cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations has been deposited with the Trustee;
but such cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If
the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated
to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the cash or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  

 98 

 ARTICLE 12 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

 Section 12.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Issuers and/or any Guarantor: 
 Hughes Network Services, LLC 
 11717
Exploration Lane 
 Germantown, Maryland 20876 
 Facsimile No.: (301) 428-2818 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 With a copy to: 
 Akin Gump Strauss
Hauer & Feld LLP 
 One Bryant Park 
 New York, New York 10036 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 872-1002 
 Attention: Rosa Testani, Esq. 
 If to the
Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 Corporate Trust Services 
 45 Broadway, 14th floor 
 New York, New York 10006 
 Telephone No. (212) 515-5244 
 Facsimile
No.: (212) 515-1589 
 Attention: Martin G. Reed 
 The Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered,
return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to
the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  

 99 

 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is
duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the
Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers,
the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to
Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the
Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have
been satisfied; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must
include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
 Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion
with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include: 

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied; provided that with
respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 
  

 100 

 Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 No director, manager officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, will
have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 Section 12.08 Governing Law. 
 THE
INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any
such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10 Successors. 
 All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its
successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof. 
 Section 12.11 Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed
copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 101 

 SIGNATURES 
 Dated as of May 27, 2009 
  

			
	HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer
	
	HNS FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer
	
	 HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL
 SERVICE COMPANY

		
	By:	 	 /s/    Bahram Pourmand

	Name:	 	Bahram Pourmand
	Title:	 	President
	
	HNS REAL ESTATE, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	President
	
	HNS-INDIA VSAT, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	President

			
	HNS-SHANGHAI, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	President
	
	HELIUS, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    T. Paul Gaske

	Name:	 	T. Paul Gaske
	Title:	 	President
	
	HELIUS ACQUISITION, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    T. Paul Gaske

	Name:	 	T. Paul Gaske
	Title:	 	President
	
	ADVANCED SATELLITE RESEARCH, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    T. Paul Gaske

	Name:	 	T. Paul Gaske
	Title:	 	President

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 As Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/    Martin G. Reed

	Name:	 	Martin G. Reed
	Title:	 	Vice President

 [Face of Note] 
  
  
 CUSIP/CINS
                     
 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 
  

			
	 No.         
	 	$        

 HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC 
 and 
 HNS FINANCE CORP. 
 promises to pay to              or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of
                                         
                                        DOLLARS on
April 15, 2014. 
 Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15 
 Record Dates: April 1 and October 1 
 Dated:
            , 200   
  

			
	HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	HNS FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
  
  

 A1-1 

 [Back of Note] 
 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the OID Legend, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 (1) INTEREST. Hughes Network Systems, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and HNS Finance Corp., a Delaware Corporation (“HNS Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the
principal amount of this Note at 9 1/2% per annum from
             until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will
pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment
Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from             ; provided that
if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding
Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be             . The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest
will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 (2) METHOD
OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the
April 1 or October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to
defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal
of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of
the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 (3)
PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  

 A1-2 

 (4) INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture
dated as of May 27, 2009 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes
are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture
shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuers. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 
 (5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (A) Except as set forth in subparagraph (B) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to
April 15, 2010. On or after April 15, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of
the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2010
	  	104.750	%
	 2011
	  	102.375	%
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue
on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (B) Notwithstanding the
provisions of subparagraph (A) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to April 15, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60
days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the applicable date of redemption, subject to
the rights of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (6)
MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 
 The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 (7) REPURCHASE AT THE
OPTION OF HOLDER. 
 (A) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be
required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of repurchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant 

  

 A1-3 

 
interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent the Company
has previously elected to redeem Notes as described under Section 3.07 of the Indenture, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by
the Indenture. 
 (B) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, the Company will
commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and, at the option of the Company, all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal
amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other Pari Passu
Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount
of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis to the extent
practicable. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 (8) NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption
notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in
part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, in which case the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or
purchased. 
 (9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The
Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange
or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 (10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  

 A1-4 

 (11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND
WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended
or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes
of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), to provide for the assumption by a successor Company of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture
and the Notes, to provide for the assumption by a Successor Guarantor of the obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture and its Guarantee, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the
Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes,
to secure the Notes, to add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers, to effect any provision of the Indenture or to make certain changes to the Indenture to provide
for the issuance of Additional Notes (subject to compliance with the covenants set forth in the Indenture). 
 (12)
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include (i) a Default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on any Note; (ii) a Default in the payment of principal or
premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Issuers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company to comply for 60
days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding with any of their other agreements contained in the Notes or the Indenture; (iv) the failure by the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof
because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent; (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a
Significant Subsidiary; (vi) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance
policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days, or (vii) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms
thereof) or any Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or any Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a
Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium or liquidated 

  

 A1-5 

 
damages, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of
Default in the payment of interest or premium or liquidated damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are
required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 (13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUERS. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and
perform services for the Issuers or their Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 (14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuers
or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
 (15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the
Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be
used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and
U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF
HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights
provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 27, 2009, among the Issuers, the
Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights
agreements, if any, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Issuers and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights
Agreement”). 
 (18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by
the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as
to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 (19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE
GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

 A1-6 

 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture
and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Hughes Network Systems, LLC 
 11717 Exploration Lane 
 Germantown, Maryland 20876 
 Facsimile No.: (301) 428-2818 
 Attention: General Counsel 
  

 A1-7 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we)
assign and transfer this Note to: ________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert
assignee’s legal name)                                 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
______________________________________________________________________________________  to transfer this Note on the books of each of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:                      
  

			
	Your Signature:                                    
                                    
	    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        

  
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A1-8 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the
Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  

			
	 ̈  Section 4.10	  	 ̈  Section 4.15

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $                     
 Date:
                     
  

	
	Your Signature:                                    
                                         
    
	    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	
	Tax Identification No.:                                  
                                   

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        

  
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A1-9 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following exchanges of a
part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease
(or
increase)	  	Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.  

  

 A1-10 

 [Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 
  
  
 CUSIP/CINS                      
 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 
  

			
	 No.         
	 	$        

 HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC 
 and 
 HNS FINANCE CORP. 
 promises to pay to              or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of
                                         
                                        DOLLARS on
April 15, 2014. 
 Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15 
 Record Dates: April 1 and October 1 
 Dated:
            , 200   
  

			
	HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	HNS FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
  
  

 A2-1 

 [Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 
 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 
 THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND
PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST
HEREON. 
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM,
THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR ITS AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.
OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN. 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE
OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE 

  

 A2-2 

 
SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY
BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE
IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED WITHOUT FURTHER ACTION OF THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY HOLDER AT SUCH TIME AS THE ISSUER INSTRUCTS THE TRUSTEE IN WRITING TO REMOVE SUCH LEGEND IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE. IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 [Insert the OID Legend, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 (1) INTEREST. Hughes Network
Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and HNS Finance Corp., a Delaware Corporation (“HNS Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), promise to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9 1/2% per annum from
                             until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable
pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from
                    ; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated
between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be
                    . The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. 
  

 A2-3 

 Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S Permanent Global
Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as other Notes under the
Indenture. 
 (2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay
interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if
such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and
Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their
addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and
all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts. 
 (3) PAYING AGENT AND
REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any
Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
 (4) INDENTURE. The
Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 27, 2009 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the
Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuers. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 
 (5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (A) Except as set forth in subparagraph (B) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to
April 15, 2010. On or after April 15, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of
the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2010
	  	104.750	%
	 2011
	  	102.375	%
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  

 A2-4 

 Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (B) Notwithstanding the provisions of
subparagraph (A) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to April 15, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (6) MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. 
 The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. 
 (7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION
OF HOLDER. 
 (A) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an
offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of repurchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within
30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent the Company has previously elected to redeem Notes as described under Section 3.07 of the Indenture, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee setting
forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 (B) If the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and, at the option of the Company, all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to
Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of
Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Pari Passu
Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to
have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
  

 A2-5 

 (8) NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption
notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in
part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, in which case the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or
purchased. 
 (9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The
Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange
or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the 40-day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon
presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this
Regulation S Temporary Global Note. 
 (10) PERSONS DEEMED
OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 (11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of
the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of
any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes
(provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), to provide for
the assumption by a successor Company of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes, to provide for the assumption by a Successor Guarantor of the obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture and its Guarantee, to
make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the
qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to secure the Notes, to add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the 

  

 A2-6 

 
Issuers, to effect any provision of the Indenture or to make certain changes to the Indenture to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes (subject to
compliance with the covenants set forth in the Indenture). 
 (12) DEFAULTS AND
REMEDIES. Events of Default include (i) a Default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on any Note; (ii) a Default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its
Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Issuers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company to comply for 60 days after notice to the Company by the
Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding with any of their other agreements contained in the Notes or the Indenture; (iv) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any
Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if
the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent; (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary; (vi) failure
by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which
judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days, or (vii) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor that qualifies as a
Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or any Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding
Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating
to the payment of principal or interest or premium or liquidated damages, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the
Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest
or premium or liquidated damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required, upon becoming aware of any
Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 (13)
TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUERS. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Issuers or
their Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 (14)
NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, as such,
will not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
  

 A2-7 

 (15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid
until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (16)
ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants
with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 27, 2009, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Issuers and the Guarantors to the purchasers of
any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 
 (18) CUSIP
NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP
numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers placed thereon. 
 (19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND
BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests
may be made to: 
 Hughes Network Systems, LLC 
 11717
Exploration Lane 
 Germantown, Maryland 20876 
 Facsimile No.:
(301) 428-2818 
 Attention: General Counsel 
  

 A2-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we)
assign and transfer this Note to: ________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert
assignee’s legal name)                                 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
______________________________________________________________________________________  to transfer this Note on the books of each of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:                      
  

			
	Your Signature:                                    
                                    
	    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        

  
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A2-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the
Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  

							
		 	 ̈ Section 4.10	 	 ̈ Section 4.15	 	

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $                     
 Date:
                         
  

	
	Your Signature:                                    
                                         

	    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	
	Tax Identification
No.:                                        
                        

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        

  
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A2-10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE* 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or exchanges of a part of another other Restricted Global Note for an interest in this Regulation S
Temporary Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease
(or increase)	  	Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A2-11 

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Hughes Network Systems, LLC 
 HNS Finance Corp. 
 11717 Exploration Lane 
 Germantown, Maryland 20876 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 Corporate Trust Services 
 45 Broadway, 14th floor 
 New York, New York
10006 
 Re: 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as
of May 27, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among Hughes Network Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), HNS Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“HNS Finance” and,
together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                 , (the “Transferor”)
owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                                        
(the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial
interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive
Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture
and the Securities Act. 
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in
the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United
States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore
securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention 

  

 B-1 

 
of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to
evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S.
Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a
Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted
Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check
one): 
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144
under the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuers or a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation
D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is
supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel
provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 B-2 

 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
 (a)  ̈ Check
if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation
of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if
Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈
Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and
in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to
the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers. 
  

					
		 	  

		 		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	 Dated:                     
	 		 	

  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 
 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 
 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 

  

	 	(iv)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 

 

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

  

	 	  	in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Hughes Network Systems, LLC 
 HNS Finance Corp. 
 11717 Exploration Lane 
 Germantown, Maryland 20876 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 Corporate Trust Services 
 45 Broadway, 14th floor 
 New York, New York
10006 
 Re: 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 
 (CUSIP
                    ) 
 Reference
is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among Hughes Network Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), HNS Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation
(“HNS Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
                                     , (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
$                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby
certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted
Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive
Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  

 C-1 

 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial
interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)  ̈
Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted
Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2.
Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a
beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without
transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 C-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Issuers. 
  

			
	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                     
  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
 Hughes Network Systems, LLC 
 HNS Finance Corp. 
 11717 Exploration Lane 
 Germantown, Maryland 20876 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 Corporate Trust Services 

45 Broadway, 14th floor 
 New York, New York 10006 
 Re: 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2009
(the “Indenture”), among Hughes Network Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), HNS Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“HNS Finance” and, together with the Company,
the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $         aggregate principal amount of: 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 
 (b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 
 we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is
subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and
conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of
the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we
are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to an Issuer or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified
institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the
Issuers a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to
the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act
or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the
requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
  

 D-1 

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be
required to furnish to you and the Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that
the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the
Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are
acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	  

		 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                     
  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
 [FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE] 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor
Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of May 27, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among
Hughes Network Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), HNS Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“HNS Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the
Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due,
whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture
will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in
full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and
the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 E-1 

 EXHIBIT F 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
            , 200  , among                      (the
“Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Hughes Network Systems, LLC (or its permitted successor), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) or HNS Finance Corp. (“HNS Finance” and,
together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Issuers, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Issuers have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the
“Indenture”), dated as of May 27, 2009 providing for the issuance of 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2006 (the
“Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall
execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth
herein (the “Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to
execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an
unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 
 4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, holder of any Equity Interests in or agent of
the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of,
or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 
 5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF
THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

 F-1 

 6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 7. EFFECT OF
HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 8.
THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of
which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuers. 
  

 F-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and
attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:             ,
20     
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY] 
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[COMPANY]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 [TRUSTEE],
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 F-3Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2009

 Exhibit 4.6 
  
  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 Dated as of May 27, 2009 
 by
and among 
 HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC 
 HNS FINANCE CORP. 
 THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO 
 and 
 J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

  
  
  

 This Registration Rights Agreement (this
“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 27, 2009, by and among Hughes Network Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), HNS Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation
(“HNS Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Guarantors”) and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (the “Initial
Purchaser”), who has agreed to purchase the Issuers’ 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Initial
Notes”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). 
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, dated May 20, 2009 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser. In order to induce the Initial Purchaser to purchase the Initial Notes, the Issuers have
agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchaser set forth in Section 6 of the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms
used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
trustee, relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes (as defined below). 
 The parties hereby agree as follows: 
 SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS 
 As used in this Agreement,
the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 
 Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

Affiliate: As defined in Rule 144. 
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 
 Business Day: Any day other
than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. 
 Closing Date: The date hereof. 
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed
“Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (a) the filing and effectiveness under the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer,
(b) the maintenance of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and (c) the delivery by
the Issuers to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes validly tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

 Consummation Deadline: As defined in Section 3(b) hereof. 
 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 Exchange Notes: The Issuers’ 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 to be issued pursuant to the Indenture in the Exchange Offer. 
 Exchange Offer: The exchange and issuance by the Issuers of a principal amount of Exchange Notes (which shall be registered under the Act pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) equal to
the outstanding principal amount of Initial Notes that are validly tendered by such Holders in connection with such exchange and issuance pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

 Holders: As defined in Section 2 hereof. 
 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the time such Registration Statement is declared effective, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other
amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
 Recommencement Date: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof. 
 Registration Default: As defined in
Section 5 hereof. 
 Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Issuers and the Guarantors relating to
(a) an offering of Exchange Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, (i) that is filed pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, (ii) including the Prospectus included therein, and (iii) including all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

 Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated under the Act. 
 Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Shelf
Registration Statement Effectiveness Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Suspension Notice: As defined
in Section 6(d) hereof. 
 TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the
date of the Indenture. 
  

 2 

 Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Note until the earliest to occur of
(a) the date on which such Initial Note has been exchanged in the Exchange Offer by a Person (other than a Broker-Dealer) for an Exchange Note entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus
delivery requirements of the Act in the Exchange Offer, (b) following the exchange by a Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer of an Initial Note for an Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is sold to a purchaser who receives from
such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (c) the date on which such Initial Note has been effectively registered under the Act and disposed of in
accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (d) the date on which such Initial Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144; provided that on or prior to such date either (x) the Exchange Offer has been Consummated
or (y) a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. 
 SECTION 2. HOLDERS 
 A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer
Restricted Securities. 
 SECTION 3. REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER 
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall (i) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed with the
Commission after the Closing Date, (ii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Act after the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the
Commission, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause it to be declared effective under the Act, (B) file, if
applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and (C) cause all necessary filings, if any, in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Notes to
be made under the blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, commence and use all commercially reasonable
efforts to Consummate the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting (i) registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities and
(ii) resales of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered into the Exchange Offer Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial
Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers) as contemplated by Section 3(c) below. 
 (b) The Issuers and
the Guarantors shall use all of their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously, and shall keep the Exchange Offer open, for a period of not less than the minimum
period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange
Offer to comply with all applicable federal 

  

 3 

 
and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees thereof shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use all of their respective commercially reasonable efforts to (i) commence the Exchange Offer and issue on or prior to 30 Business Days, or longer, if required by the federal securities laws
after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission, Exchange Notes in exchange for all Initial Notes validly tendered prior thereto in the Exchange Offer and (ii) complete the Exchange
Offer on or prior to 360 days after the Closing Date (the “Consummation Deadline”). 
 (c) The Issuers and the
Guarantors shall include a “Plan of Distribution” section in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and indicate therein that any Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted Securities that were acquired for
the account of such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers), may exchange such Transfer Restricted Securities
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such sales by such Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such sales pursuant thereto,
but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer, except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in
policy, rules or regulations after the date of this Agreement. See the Shearman & Sterling no-action letter (available July 2, 1993). 
 Because such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Act in connection with its initial sale
of any Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, the Issuers and Guarantors shall permit the use of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by such Broker-Dealer to satisfy such prospectus
delivery requirement. If requested in writing by a Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted Securities that were acquired for the account of such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than
Initial Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers), the Issuers and the Guarantors agree to use all of their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective,
supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 6(a) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as
announced from time to time, for a period of 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer is Consummated or such shorter period ending on the date when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold
pursuant thereto. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to such Broker-Dealers, promptly upon request, and in no event later than one Business Day after such request, at any time
during such period. 
 SECTION 4. SHELF REGISTRATION 
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Issuers and the Guarantors are not (A) required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (B) permitted to Consummate the Exchange Offer because the
Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy or 

  

 4 

 
(ii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Issuers prior to the 20th Business Day following Consummation of the Exchange Offer that
(A) such Holder is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and
the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and owns Initial Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or any
Affiliate of an Issuer, then the Issuers and the Guarantors shall: 
 (x) use all commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf
registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act (which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”)) covering resales by Holders of such Transfer Restricted
Securities who satisfy the conditions in Section 4(b) hereof relating to the provision of information in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement; and 
 (y) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date that is the later of 360 days after the Closing Date and 120
days from the date the obligation to file such Shelf Registration Statement arises pursuant to this Section 4(a) (such date, the “Shelf Registration Statement Effectiveness Deadline”). 
 If, after the Issuers and the Guarantors have filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement that satisfies the requirements of Section 3(a) above,
the Issuers and the Guarantors are required to file and make effective a Shelf Registration Statement solely because the Exchange Offer is not permitted as a result of the circumstances described under applicable federal law (i.e., clause (a)(i)(B)
above), then the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of clause (x) above; provided that, in such event, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall remain obligated to use all
commercially reasonable efforts to meet the Shelf Registration Statement Effectiveness Deadline. 
 To the extent necessary to ensure that
the Shelf Registration Statement is available for sales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a) and the other securities required to be registered therein pursuant to
Section 6(b)(ii) hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall use all of their respective commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Section 4(a) continuously effective, supplemented, amended
and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to
time, for a period of at least two years (as extended pursuant to Section 6(d) hereof) following the Closing Date, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement
have been sold pursuant thereto. 
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Issuers in writing, within
20 days after receipt of a request therefor, the information specified in Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, to the extent 

  

 5 

 
such information is required, of the Act for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary prospectus included
therein. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall be entitled to liquidated damages pursuant to Section 5 hereof unless and until such Holder shall have provided all such information to the extent such information is required;
provided that such liquidated damages shall not include any liquidated damages accrued prior to the provision of such information by such Holder. Each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required to be disclosed
in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuers by such Holder not materially misleading. 
 SECTION 5. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

 If (i) the Issuers and the Guarantors fail to Consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to the Consummation Deadline;
(ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required, is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the Shelf Registration Statement Effectiveness Deadline; or (iii) either the Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in this Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses
(i) through (iii) above, a “Registration Default”), then the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree to pay to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby liquidated damages
in an amount equal to a per annum rate of 0.25% on the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder while the Registration Default continues for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such
Registration Default, with such rate increasing by an additional per annum rate of 0.25% with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages for all Registration
Defaults of 1.00% per annum on the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that liquidated damages shall accrue from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the
earlier of (x) the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured or (y) the date on which all the Transfer Restricted Securities otherwise become freely transferable by Holders other than affiliates of the Issuer and the
Guarantors without further registration under the Act; provided further that the Issuers and the Guarantors shall in no event be required to pay liquidated damages for more than one Registration Default at any given time and the amount of
liquidated damages payable shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is pending. 
 All accrued
liquidated damages shall be paid to the Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on the next scheduled Interest Payment Date (as defined in the Notes), as more fully set forth in the Indenture
and the Initial Notes. Notwithstanding the fact that any securities for which liquidated damages are due cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities, all obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors to pay liquidated damages with respect to
securities shall survive until such time as such obligations with respect to such securities shall have been satisfied in full. 
 SECTION 6. REGISTRATION
PROCEDURES 
 (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuers and the Guarantors
shall (x) comply with all applicable provisions of Section 6(c) 

  

 6 

 
below, (y) use all of their respective commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Exchange Notes by
Broker-Dealers that validly tendered Initial Notes in the Exchange Offer that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of its market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from
the Issuers or any of their Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and (z) comply with all of the following provisions: 
 (i) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without
limitation, any Holder who is a Broker-Dealer) shall furnish, upon the request of the Issuers, prior to the Consummation of the Exchange Offer, a written representation to the Issuers and the Guarantors (which may be contained in the letter of
transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of the Issuers, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with
any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business. As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer each
Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes shall acknowledge and agree that, if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or
an Affiliate thereof, it (1) could not, under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement, rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon
Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (including, if applicable, any no-action
letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction must be
covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K. 
 (ii) Prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall provide a supplemental
letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Issuers and the Guarantors are registering the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988),
Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause
(i) above, (B) including a representation that neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors have entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the Exchange Offer and that, to the
best of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ information and belief, each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to
participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes received in the Exchange Offer and (C) any other undertaking or representation required by the Commission as set forth in any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, if
applicable. 
  

 7 

 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers
and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below and use all of their respective
commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof (as indicated in the information furnished to
the Issuers pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof), and pursuant thereto the Issuers and the Guarantors will prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Act, which form
shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof within the time periods and otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof, and 
 (ii) issue, upon the request of any Holder or purchaser of Initial Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this
Agreement, Exchange Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and surrendered to the Issuers for cancellation; the Issuers shall register
Exchange Notes on the Shelf Registration Statement for this purpose and issue the Exchange Notes to the purchaser(s) of securities subject to the Shelf Registration Statement in the names as such purchaser(s) shall designate. 
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any related Prospectus required by this Agreement, the Issuers and the
Guarantors shall: 
 (i) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously
effective and to update the financial statements included or incorporated therein as necessary, for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable. Upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement
or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading or (B) not to be effective and, in the case of the Shelf Registration Statement, usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities, during the period required by this Agreement, the Issuers and the Guarantors
shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement curing such defect, and, if Commission review is required, use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement, as so amended to be declared
effective as soon as practicable; 
 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments
to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as the case may be; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required
Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply fully with Rules 424, 430A and 462, as applicable, under the Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act with respect
to the 

  

 8 

 
disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of
distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 
 (iii) advise
each Holder whose Transfer Restricted Securities are being or were registered with the Commission pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement promptly and, if requested by such Holder, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or
any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any applicable Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission
for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement under the Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding
purposes, and (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by
reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Prospectus
in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state
securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall
use all of their respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 
 (iv) subject to Section 6(c)(i), if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement
or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or a Broker-Dealer participating in an Exchange Offer), as thereafter delivered to the
purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading; 
 (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or a Broker-Dealer participating in an Exchange
Offer, furnish to each Holder named in the applicable Registration Statement in connection with such exchange or sale, if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any
amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and 

  

 9 

 
comment of such Holders in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days prior to such filing, and the Issuers will not file
any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which such Holders shall reasonably object within five Business
Days after the receipt thereof, except for any Registration Statement, Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (a copy of which has been previously furnished as provided in the preceding sentence)
that counsel to the Issuers has advised the Issuers that are, to such counsel’s knowledge, required to be filed to comply with applicable law. A Holder shall be deemed to have reasonably objected to such filing if such Registration Statement,
amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading
or fails to comply with the applicable requirements of the Act; 
 (vi) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or a
Broker-Dealer participating in an Exchange Offer, if requested in writing by Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement (the “Majority Holders”) in
connection with such exchange or sale, promptly include in any such Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as the Majority Holders may reasonably request to have
included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold, the
purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable
after the Issuers are notified of the matters to be included in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
 (vii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Majority Holders; 
 (viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or a Broker-Dealer participating in an Exchange Offer, furnish to each Holder who
requests in writing in connection with such exchange or sale, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all
documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 
 (ix)
in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or a Broker-Dealer participating in an Exchange Offer, deliver to each Holder without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement
thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use (in accordance with law) of the Prospectus and any 

  

 10 

 
amendment or supplement thereto by each selling Holder in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 
 (x) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of
the Majority Holders, enter into such agreements (including underwriting agreements) and make such representations and warranties and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any applicable Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any applicable Registration
Statement. In such connection, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall: 
 (A) upon request of the Majority Holders, furnish (or
in the case of paragraphs (2) and (3), use all of their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be furnished) to such Holders, upon Consummation of the Exchange Offer or upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement,
as the case may be: 
 (1) a certificate in customary form, dated such date, signed on behalf of the Issuers and each
Guarantor by (x) the President or any Vice President and (y) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Issuers and such Guarantor, confirming, as of the date thereof, such matters as the Majority Holders may reasonably request;

 (2) an opinion in customary form, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the
Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Issuers and the Guarantors, covering such matters as set forth in Annex D of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as the Majority Holders may reasonably request; and

 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, or as of the date of effectiveness
of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, from the Issuers’ independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to underwriters in connection with underwritten
offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 6(e) of the Purchase Agreement; provided that such Holders deliver to such independent accountants any customary representation letters
required by SAS 72 “Letters for Underwriters and Certain Other Requesting Parties,” if so requested by such accountants; and 
 (B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders to evidence compliance with the matters covered in clause (A) above and with any customary conditions
contained in any agreement entered into by the Issuers and the Guarantors pursuant to this clause (B); 
  

 11 

 (xi) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or a Broker-Dealer participating in an
Exchange Offer, prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the Holders named in the applicable Registration Statement and their counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer
Restricted Securities under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as such Holders may request in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer
Restricted Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to
take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject; 
 (xii) in connection with any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities that will result in such securities no longer being Transfer
Restricted Securities, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive securities legends; and to register such
Transfer Restricted Securities in such denominations and such names as the selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Transfer Restricted Securities; 
 (xiii) use all of their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered
by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities;
provided, however, that neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or
to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject; 
 (xiv) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement covering such Transfer Restricted Securities and provide the Trustee under the
Indenture with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company; 
 (xv) otherwise use all of their respective commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders with regard to any
applicable Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 under the Act (which need not be audited) covering a twelve-month period beginning after the effective date of the
Registration Statement (as such term is defined in paragraph (c) of Rule 158 under the Act); and 
  

 12 

 (xvi) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date
of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance
with the terms of the TIA; and execute and use all of their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed
with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. 
 (d) Restrictions on Holders. Each Holder agrees
by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of the notice referred to in Section 6(c)(iii)(C) or any notice from the Issuers of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event of the kind described in
Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof (in each case, a “Suspension Notice”), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until
(i) such Holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(iv) hereof, or (ii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Issuers that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has
received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (in each case, the “Recommencement Date”). Each Holder receiving a Suspension Notice hereby agrees that it will
either (i) destroy any Prospectuses, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession which have been replaced by the Issuers with more recently dated Prospectuses or (ii) deliver to the Issuers (at the Issuers’
expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The time period regarding
the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days in the period from and including the date of delivery of the Suspension Notice
to the Recommencement Date; provided, however, no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether liquidated damages are due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such liquidated damages. 
 SECTION 7. REGISTRATION EXPENSES 
 (a) All expenses
incident to the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement (other than underwriting discounts or commissions) will be borne by the Issuers, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes
effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing
(including printing certificates for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers and the
Guarantors and all reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel for the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with any listing of the Exchange Notes on a national securities
exchange or automated quotation system; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Issuers and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit letters required by or incident to such
performance). 
  

 13 

 The Issuers will, in any event, bear their and the Guarantors’ internal expenses (including, without
limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Issuers or the
Guarantors. 
 (b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement) regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, the Issuers and the Guarantors will reimburse the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, if
applicable, the Initial Purchaser) who are tendering Initial Notes in the Exchange Offer and/or selling or reselling Initial Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Latham & Watkins LLP, unless another firm shall be chosen by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared. 
 SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION 

 (a) Each Issuer and the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its directors, officers and
each Person, if any, who controls such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, and expenses (including without
limitation, any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any matter, including any action that could give rise to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments) caused by any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) or any “issuer information” filed or
required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act (or any amendment or supplement thereto), provided by the Issuers to any Holder or any prospective purchaser of Exchange Notes or registered Initial Notes, or caused by any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments are caused by an untrue statement or
omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is based upon information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Issuers by any of the Holders expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, any
Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information”. In connection with any underwritten offering with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement referred to in Section 4(a) hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors,
jointly and severally, will also indemnify the underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each person who controls such persons
(within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, any Prospectus, any
Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information”. 
  

 14 

 (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and
hold harmless the Issuers, the Guarantors, the other selling Holders and their respective directors, managers and officers, and each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange
Act) the Issuers, the Guarantors and the other selling Holders to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers and the Guarantors set forth in section (a) above, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder
furnished in writing to the Issuers by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In no event shall any Holder, its directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total amount received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and
(ii) the amount of any damages that such Holder, its directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. 

(c) In case any action shall be commenced involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b) (the
“indemnified party”), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify
the indemnifying person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 8 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and
provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8, and the indemnifying party shall assume the
defense of such action, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and the payment of all fees and expenses of such counsel, as incurred (except that in the case of any action in respect of which indemnity
may be sought pursuant to both Sections 8(a) and 8(b), a Holder shall not be required to assume the defense of such action pursuant to this Section 8(c), but may employ separate counsel and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and
expenses of such counsel, except as provided below, shall be at the expense of the Holder). Any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of
such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified party unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by one of the indemnifying persons in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the
indemnifying person shall not have employed counsel to take charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, (iii) the indemnifying person does not diligently defend the action after
assumption of the defense or (iv) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them that are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying
person (in which case the indemnifying person or parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses of counsel shall be borne by the
indemnifying person. In any such case, the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or
circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be
designated in writing (x)

  

 15 

 
for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control persons of such Holder, by a majority of the Holders and (y) in all other cases, by the
Issuers. The indemnifying party shall indemnify and hold harmless the indemnified party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments by reason of any settlement of any action effected with its written consent. No
indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action in respect of which the indemnified
party is or could have been a party and indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by the indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are or could have been the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability
or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the indemnified party. 
 (d) To the extent that the indemnification provided for in this
Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the
amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuers and the Guarantors from the
offering of the Notes and the Exchange Notes, on the one hand, and by the Holders from their sale of Transfer Restricted Securities, on the other hand or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable
law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and
of the Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied
by any Issuer or the Guarantors, on the one hand, or by the Holder, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. 
 Each Issuer, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were
determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.
The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action that could have given rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Holder, its directors, its officers or any Person, if any, who controls such Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
received by such Holder with respect to the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds 

  

 16 

 
(i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by
each Holder hereunder and not joint. 
 The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or
remedies that may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity. 
 The indemnity and contribution provisions contained
in this Section 8 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or any Person controlling any Holder, or by or on
behalf of the Issuers or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Issuers or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Notes and (iv) any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to
a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 SECTION 9. RULE 144A AND RULE 144 
 The Issuers and the Guarantors agree with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding and during any period in which the Issuers or the Guarantors (i) are not subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available, upon request of any Holder, to such Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer
Restricted Securities designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Act, and
(ii) are subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make all filings required thereby in a timely manner in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144. 
 SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS 
 (a) Remedies. The
Issuers and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that any failure by the Issuers and/or the Guarantors to comply with their respective obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchaser or
the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchaser or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be
required to specifically enforce the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof. The Issuers and the Guarantors further agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law
would be adequate. 
 (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither Issuer nor any Guarantor will, on or after the date of this Agreement,
enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with 

  

 17 

 
the provisions hereof. Neither of the Issuer nor any Guarantor has previously entered into, nor is currently party to, any agreement granting any
registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person that would require such securities to be included in any Registration Statement filed hereunder. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not
inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 
 (c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in
the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 10(c)(i), the Issuers have obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, the Issuers have
obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuers or their Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver
or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights
of other Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer, may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities subject to such Exchange
Offer. 
 (d) Additional Guarantors. The Issuers shall cause any of their Subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture) that becomes,
prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, a Guarantor in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture to become a party to this Agreement as a Guarantor. It is understood and agreed that if, prior to the Exchange Offer, a
Guarantor that has executed this Agreement is no longer a Guarantor under the Indenture pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, such Guarantor shall no longer be a Guarantor for purposes of this Agreement. 
 (e) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuers and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchaser, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of
Holders hereunder. 
 (f) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing
by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
 (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and 
  

 18 

 (ii) if to the Issuers or the Guarantors: 
 Hughes Network Services, LLC 
 11717 Exploration Lane 
 Germantown, Maryland 20876 
 Telecopier No. (301) 428-2818 
 Attention: Dean Manson, Esq. 
 With a copy to: 
 Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP 
 One Bryant Park 
 New York, New York 10036 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 872-1002 
 Attention: Rosa Testani, Esq. 
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
 Copies
of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (g) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties,
including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in
violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Securities
shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this
Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. 
 (h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 (i)
Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 (j) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 (k) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such
provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

 19 

 (l) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their
agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than
those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such
subject matter. 
 (Signature Pages Follow) 
  

 20 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

			
	HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer
	
	HNS FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer
	
	 HUGHES NETWORK SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL
 SERVICE COMPANY

		
	By:	 	 /s/    Bahram Pourmand

	Name:	 	Bahram Pourmand
	Title:	 	President
	
	HNS REAL ESTATE, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	President
	
	HNS-INDIA VSAT, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	President

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

			
	HNS-SHANGHAI, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Pradman Kaul

	Name:	 	Pradman Kaul
	Title:	 	President
	
	HELIUS, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    T. Paul Gaske

	Name:	 	T. Paul Gaske
	Title:	 	President
	
	HELIUS ACQUISITION, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    T. Paul Gaske

	Name:	 	T. Paul Gaske
	Title:	 	President
	
	ADVANCED SATELLITE RESEARCH, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    T. Paul Gaske

	Name:	 	T. Paul Gaske
	Title:	 	President

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

 Accepted and agreed to as of 
 the date first above written: 
  

			
	J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Jacob Steinberg

	Name:	 	Jacob Steinberg
	Title:	 	Executive Director

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

 SCHEDULE I 
 Guarantors 
  

			
	 Legal Name
	  	 Jurisdiction of Incorporation

	Hughes Network Systems International Service Company	  	Delaware
		
	HNS Real Estate, LLC	  	Delaware
		
	HNS-India VSAT, Inc.	  	Delaware
		
	HNS-Shanghai, Inc.	  	Delaware
		
	Helius, LLC	  	Utah
		
	Helius Acquisition, LLC	  	Utah
		
	Advanced Satellite Research, LLC	  	Delaware

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00160-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00160-of-00352.parquet"}]]